diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/mcc-help/es.po')
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/mcc-help/es.po | 3717 |
1 files changed, 1790 insertions, 1927 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index cf93949e..d8cd45ad 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 -# Miguel Ortega, 2013 -# dabc <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 -# dabc <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 -# Fernando Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 +# motitos, 2013 +# Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Eduardo Vidal <evidal86@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 +# fraescaya10 <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014 # fraescaya10 <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014 -# rocholc <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013 -# Fernando Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Jose Manuel López <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013-2014 +# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 +# melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>, 2014 # melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>, 2014 # Miguel Ortega, 2013 -# Fernando Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 -# rocholc <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013 +# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Jose Manuel López <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013 +# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-06 15:48+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"es/)\n" -"Language: es\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-13 22:30+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -41,7 +46,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -49,11 +55,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -61,10 +65,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " -"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " -"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -84,12 +85,7 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un " -"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para " -"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota " -"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con " -"esta herramienta." +msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -102,11 +98,7 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "" -"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya " -"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo " -"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo " -"de la nueva pantalla." +msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -114,16 +106,12 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " -"it, if needed." -msgstr "" -"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con " -"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en " -"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el " -"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es " -"posible corregirla, si es necesario." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" +" it, if needed." +msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -133,20 +121,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "" -"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." +msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "" -"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita " -"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -156,27 +141,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "" -"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el " -"acceso." +msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" -"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " -"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " -"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " -"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " -"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "" -"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</" -"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de " -"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</ guibutton>, " -"se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/" -"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté " -"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola " -"vez, no la guarde." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " +"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" +" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -188,7 +165,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -196,11 +174,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -209,20 +185,14 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "" -"Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " -"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus " -"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden " -"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." +msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " -"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, " -"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" +" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -231,20 +201,11 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " -"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " -"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" +" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" +" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "" -"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle " -"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga " -"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para " -"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</" -"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en " -"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si " -"para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus " -"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado " -"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." +msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -255,14 +216,7 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le " -"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</" -"guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema " -"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye " -"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán " -"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." +msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -272,37 +226,24 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " -"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "" -"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción " -"Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta " -"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios " -"autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click " -"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</" -"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link " -"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" +" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y " -"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." +msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " -"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" +" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "" -"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir " -"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos " -"estos tengan esa capacidad." +msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -320,7 +261,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -333,11 +275,9 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -346,16 +286,9 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " -"user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. " -"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la " -"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará " -"disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos " -"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier " -"administrador de archivos." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" +" user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -367,21 +300,17 @@ msgstr "Procedimiento" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " -"de servidores que comparten directorios." +msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para " -"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea " -"acceder." +msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -389,13 +318,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " -"to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " -"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" +" to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -406,18 +334,16 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "" -"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. " -"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, " -"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibuttons>. Use el mismo botón para " -"desmontarlo. " +msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -427,12 +353,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " -"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" +" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -447,7 +374,8 @@ msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -455,11 +383,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -467,11 +393,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en " -"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el " -"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y " -"diskettes)." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -485,11 +407,7 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware " -"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior " -"para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -500,9 +418,7 @@ msgstr "Punto de montaje" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "" -"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/" -"cdrom." +msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -512,11 +428,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "" -"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a " -"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" +" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -529,10 +443,7 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "" -"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta " -"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el " -"único que puede desmontarlo." +msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -547,11 +458,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -560,54 +469,40 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " -"tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios " -"de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los " -"sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el " -"arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse " -"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" +" tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los " -"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " -"share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " -"de servidores que comparten directorios." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" +" share directories." +msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor " -"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que " -"desea acceder." +msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " -"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -618,10 +513,7 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con " -"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar " -"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." +msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -629,20 +521,19 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "" -"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos " -"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el " -"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." +msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 @@ -650,15 +541,12 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "" -"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, " -"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones " -"en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada " -"arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su " -"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." +msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -673,7 +561,8 @@ msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -681,11 +570,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -693,10 +580,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se " -"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -709,40 +593,30 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "" -"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. " -"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de " -"poder iniciar drak3d. " +msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" -"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " -"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "" -"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir " -"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" -"guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición " -"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para " -"su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." +msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" -"guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "" -"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación " -"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes " -"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el " -"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" +" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -753,20 +627,14 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que " -"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios " -"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." +msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "" -"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para " -"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig " -"Settings Manager)." +msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -784,13 +652,10 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "" -"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el " -"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la " -"pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y " -"elija drak3d. " +msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -800,13 +665,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " -"log in problem." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se " -"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una " -"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado " -"el problema." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" +" log in problem." +msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -818,7 +679,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -826,21 +688,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " -"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta " -"computadora en la red." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" +" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -848,10 +705,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su " -"computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite " -"y le da instrucciones para ello." +msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -863,7 +717,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el arranque" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -871,11 +726,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -883,82 +736,55 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una " -"contraseña, " +msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como " -"\"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "" -"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. " -"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" +msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" +" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" -"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " -"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " -"you machine from booting." -msgstr "" -"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es " -"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o " -"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una " -"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las " -"mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de " -"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos " -"que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside " -"el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque " -"de su computadora." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" +" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." +msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " -"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" +" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "" -"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, " -"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la " -"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, " -"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, " -"invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque " -"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire " -"el lapso establecido anteriormente." +msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "" -"En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es " -"posible definir una contraseña." +msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras " -"opciones." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -972,11 +798,7 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "" -"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la " -"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran " -"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su " -"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." +msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -988,26 +810,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "" -"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para " -"procesadores de varios núcleos. " +msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador " -"dual y activará SMP." +msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" -"guibutton>" -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" +msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -1018,20 +835,12 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " -"APIC." -msgstr "" -"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos " -"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/" -"O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses " -"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando " -"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras " -"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una " -"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje " -"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del " -"sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" +" APIC." +msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -1040,23 +849,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " -"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" +" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " -"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "" -"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las " -"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto " -"está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el " -"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los " -"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " -"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del " -"Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar " -"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" +" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -1067,43 +869,35 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el " -"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando " -"\"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. " -"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde " -"se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del " -"Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -1111,7 +905,7 @@ msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En la pantalla \"Avanzado\", es posible elegir el modo de video " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -1123,7 +917,8 @@ msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -1131,11 +926,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -1144,21 +937,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar " -"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir " -"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea " -"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</ emphasis> del " -"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión " -"automático\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -1168,30 +954,23 @@ msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" -"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " -"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " -"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " -"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "" +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " +"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " -"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" +" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o " -"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el " -"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar " -"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es " -"necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre " -"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</ " -"guilabel>." +msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -1206,42 +985,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\">solo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " -"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " -"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " -"several GBs large." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo " -"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </ " -"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer " -"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" +" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " +"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " +"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " -"the unneeded parts." -msgstr "" -"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero " -"las partes innecesarias." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" +" the unneeded parts." +msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1418,19 +1187,12 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" -"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " -"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este " -"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a " -"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog" -"\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl." -"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por " -"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" +" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " +"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1442,7 +1204,8 @@ msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1450,38 +1213,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " -"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " -"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "" -"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se " -"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin " -"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se " -"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las " -"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," +" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " +"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " +"report." +msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "" -"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer " -"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </" -"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." +"then please read <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " +"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " +"button." +msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1489,10 +1243,7 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje " -"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese " -"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." +msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1504,7 +1255,8 @@ msgstr "Fecha y hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1512,20 +1264,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" -"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " -"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "" +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1536,30 +1286,30 @@ msgstr "Es una herramienta muy simple." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " -"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" +" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" -"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " -"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " -"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " -"your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "" +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" +" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" +" your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1567,18 +1317,15 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " -"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" +" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "" -"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, " -"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de " -"región." +msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1590,7 +1337,8 @@ msgstr "Quitar una conexión" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1598,38 +1346,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>. " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego " -"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." +msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "" -"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado " -"correctamente." +msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1641,7 +1381,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1649,11 +1390,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1661,16 +1400,14 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el " -"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." +msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1682,92 +1419,101 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "" -"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o " -"manualmente configurada." +msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automática" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" +" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Cliente DHCP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el servidor NIS" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " @@ -1776,27 +1522,30 @@ msgid "" "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " -"provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " -"this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1806,8 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 @@ -1818,9 +1566,10 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" +" can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1833,53 +1582,59 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " -"and password." -msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" +" and password." +msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " -"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" +" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " -"need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic connection would not need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1894,14 +1649,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1909,27 +1664,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" @@ -1939,22 +1699,26 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):" @@ -1972,14 +1736,16 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" @@ -1989,16 +1755,16 @@ msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "" -"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. " -"Seleccione su tarjeta." +msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" @@ -2007,31 +1773,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " -"asked for parameters:" -msgstr "" -"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione " -"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción " -"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas " -"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nombre de conexión" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticación" @@ -2041,40 +1807,43 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticación" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. Si es automático, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " -"put:" -msgstr "" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" +" put:" +msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecciones si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " -"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " -"IP address." -msgstr "" +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" +" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " +"the IP address." +msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -2094,94 +1863,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "" -"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la " -"tarjeta ha detectado." +msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de operación" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Administrado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "" -"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." +msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:552 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -2193,41 +1975,46 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " -"website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " -"period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2240,13 +2027,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -#, fuzzy msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." -msgstr "Es necesario un Número PIN. Dejar vacío si el PIN no es requerido." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 @@ -2260,7 +2046,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso" @@ -2275,12 +2062,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Elección manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe." @@ -2288,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:720 msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:724 @@ -2301,57 +2090,67 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " -"for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basado en script" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basado en terminal" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2385,9 +2184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de " -"Redes</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2400,12 +2197,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Con el botón Avanzado puede especificar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 msgid "Metric (10 by default)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Métrico (10 de manera predeterminada)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:824 @@ -2429,7 +2226,8 @@ msgid "" "immediately or not." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2444,7 +2242,8 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2452,18 +2251,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " -"information about that." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" +" information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2476,7 +2273,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2484,13 +2282,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " -"as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2498,8 +2293,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" -"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2509,7 +2304,8 @@ msgid "" "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2519,10 +2315,11 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" -"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " -"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" +" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2550,9 +2347,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2565,7 +2363,8 @@ msgid "" "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2580,7 +2379,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2588,18 +2388,16 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " -"on your system will be shown." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" +" on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2620,7 +2418,8 @@ msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2628,11 +2427,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2648,8 +2445,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " -"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" +" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" @@ -2676,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 @@ -2685,7 +2482,8 @@ msgid "" "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png " @@ -2706,9 +2504,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " -"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " -"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" +" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " +"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2716,12 +2514,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2730,8 +2530,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " -"packages are downloaded." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" +" packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -2751,7 +2551,8 @@ msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)" msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2759,11 +2560,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2792,15 +2591,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></" -"emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " -"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" +" must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2811,8 +2608,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " -"to use the fonts." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" +" to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2826,7 +2623,7 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2838,10 +2635,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " -"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " -"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2861,7 +2658,8 @@ msgstr "Controles paternos" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2869,19 +2667,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" -"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " -"package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2907,17 +2703,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " -"only execute what you accept them to execute." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" +" only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" -"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " -"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " -"DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2932,18 +2728,18 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " -"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " -"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " -"then suggest you reboot." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" +" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " +"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" +" will then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " -"is opened." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" +" is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2995,8 +2791,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " -"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" +" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" @@ -3017,7 +2813,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -3027,7 +2824,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principios" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -3054,16 +2852,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 msgid "Gateway wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 @@ -3090,16 +2886,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " -"one, check that this is correct." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" +" one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " -"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " -"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" +" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" +" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3114,8 +2910,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " -"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" +" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3151,8 +2947,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " -"using." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" +" using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3172,7 +2968,8 @@ msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3185,7 +2982,8 @@ msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -3193,11 +2991,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3243,7 +3039,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos." msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3253,18 +3050,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3276,7 +3072,8 @@ msgstr "Centro de Redes" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3284,11 +3081,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3302,30 +3097,34 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " -"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " -"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " -"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " -"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " -"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," +" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " +"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " +"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " +"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3335,27 +3134,27 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " -"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " -"connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" +" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" +" connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" -"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " -"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " -"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " -"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " -"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " -"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " -"particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3363,7 +3162,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3373,7 +3173,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "El botón de Monitor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3383,8 +3184,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " -"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" +" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3398,8 +3199,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" -"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3410,10 +3211,10 @@ msgstr "El botón de configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3423,8 +3224,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " -"configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" +" configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3448,18 +3249,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" -"</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el " -"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3474,7 +3274,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3507,8 +3308,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " -"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" +" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3525,7 +3326,8 @@ msgid "" "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3535,7 +3337,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3550,7 +3353,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3558,11 +3362,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3574,7 +3376,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3587,22 +3390,21 @@ msgstr "Prerequisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " -"first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" +" first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "" +"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3637,7 +3439,8 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3710,24 +3513,24 @@ msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " -"the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" +" the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " -"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." +" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " -"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " -"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" +" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" +" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3746,12 +3549,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " -"is on by default." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las " -"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED " -"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" +" is on by default." +msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3760,11 +3560,7 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo " -"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera " -"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de " -"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." +msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3772,11 +3568,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar " -"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho " -"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de " -"disco)." +msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3784,10 +3576,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que " -"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir " -"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." +msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3799,7 +3588,8 @@ msgstr "Entradas de menú" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3823,9 +3613,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "" -"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración " -"actuales." +msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -3835,10 +3623,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." -msgstr "" -"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración " -"actuales." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." +msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3850,7 +3637,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3858,27 +3646,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " -"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" +" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " -"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " -"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" +" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " @@ -3895,7 +3681,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar repositorios" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3903,10 +3690,10 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " -"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " -"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " -"below)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" +" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" +" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" +" below)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -3932,11 +3719,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3961,10 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "Columna Activar" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "" -"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga " -"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema " -"no funcione." +msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -4023,9 +3805,7 @@ msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en " -"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -4045,8 +3825,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " -"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" +" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "" @@ -4066,11 +3846,7 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "" -"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena " -"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por " -"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core " -"oficial del lanzamiento. " +msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -4082,9 +3858,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "" -"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para " -"descargar y proxy)." +msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -4097,8 +3871,8 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " -"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" +" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "" @@ -4111,9 +3885,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " -"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " -"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" +" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " +"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -4129,8 +3903,8 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " -"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" +" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4142,15 +3916,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" +" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -4175,7 +3950,8 @@ msgid "" "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -4191,14 +3967,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" -"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " -"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" @@ -4210,11 +3986,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " -"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" -"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " -"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" +" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " +"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> @@ -4225,22 +4001,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " -"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" +" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" -"link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " +"page</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4253,7 +4030,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4266,12 +4044,7 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "" -"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir " -"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite " -"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. " -"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con " -"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " +msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4297,21 +4070,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " -"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" +" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4321,11 +4093,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "" -"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone " -"está seleccionada." +msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4333,8 +4104,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " -"access to the shared resources." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" +" access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4344,7 +4115,8 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4375,7 +4147,8 @@ msgid "" "address or host name." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4385,11 +4158,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este " -"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." +msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4400,7 +4172,8 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4409,11 +4182,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4423,7 +4197,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4444,11 +4219,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las " -"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. " -"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores " -"(de seguridad) del dominio." +msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4460,7 +4231,8 @@ msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4468,13 +4240,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" -"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " -"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " -"modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" +" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4517,9 +4290,10 @@ msgstr "Compartir impresora" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:237 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4537,7 +4311,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Usuarios de Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4560,7 +4335,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4568,11 +4344,9 @@ msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 @@ -4599,17 +4373,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:29 msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:34 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:39 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraseña de root: La contraseña de root se pide antes de ejecutar la herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:44 @@ -4628,7 +4402,8 @@ msgstr "Instantáneas" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4636,18 +4411,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" -"guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " +"tools</guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4662,9 +4435,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" -"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " -"whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " +"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " +"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4672,27 +4445,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " -"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" -"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " -"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " -"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" +" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " +"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" +" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " +"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " +"are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" +" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para hacer la captura." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -4704,7 +4478,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de sonido" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4712,11 +4487,9 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 @@ -4736,8 +4509,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " -"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" +" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -4751,10 +4525,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " -"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " -"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " -"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" +" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " +"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " +"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4762,28 +4536,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos " -"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." +msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras " -"opciones." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4814,7 +4584,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4822,11 +4593,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4838,7 +4607,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4846,11 +4616,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4878,19 +4646,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 msgid "Then give your connection a name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De un nombre a la conexión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:37 msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:42 msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4900,9 +4669,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4919,7 +4689,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4927,34 +4698,35 @@ msgstr "drakvpn8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:72 msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:76 msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " -"to this VPN." -msgstr "" +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" +" to this VPN." +msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "Configure webserver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar servidor web" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4962,11 +4734,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 @@ -4997,7 +4767,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5014,7 +4785,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5031,7 +4803,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5046,7 +4819,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5063,7 +4837,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "" @@ -5080,7 +4855,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5090,7 +4866,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5099,7 +4876,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "" @@ -5120,7 +4898,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -5128,11 +4907,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -5144,7 +4921,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -5159,18 +4937,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " -"be installed before you can access to it." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" +" be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5197,7 +4973,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5207,7 +4984,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5216,8 +4994,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5225,7 +5003,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5239,7 +5018,8 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5249,7 +5029,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" @@ -5266,7 +5047,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5291,62 +5073,73 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " -"parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " +"adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" @@ -5354,8 +5147,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" -"code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " +"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5373,7 +5166,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la hora" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5381,18 +5175,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " -"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" +" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" @@ -5409,22 +5201,26 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5432,14 +5228,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " -"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" +" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5447,7 +5244,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5462,9 +5259,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" -"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" -"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " +"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5484,15 +5281,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" -"code> services;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " +"<code>ntpd</code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -5504,7 +5301,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5512,17 +5310,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5548,12 +5344,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5570,7 +5368,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Information" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5587,7 +5386,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5595,16 +5395,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " -"(File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" +" (File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5619,7 +5421,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5627,11 +5430,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5644,7 +5445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 msgid "What is a proxy server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor proxy?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 @@ -5660,14 +5461,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5675,9 +5477,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 msgid "Selecting the proxy port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5692,9 +5495,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5710,7 +5514,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5718,31 +5523,34 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5755,9 +5563,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "" @@ -5765,11 +5574,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "" @@ -5777,9 +5587,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 msgid "Start during boot?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "" @@ -5791,7 +5602,8 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "" @@ -5799,54 +5611,61 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "" @@ -5854,7 +5673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando <code>squid.</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 @@ -5866,7 +5685,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5874,17 +5694,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5897,8 +5715,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " -"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," +" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" @@ -5911,14 +5729,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5926,8 +5745,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" -"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " +"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5935,7 +5755,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opciones generales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5952,7 +5773,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5969,7 +5791,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logging" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5977,8 +5800,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5986,7 +5809,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "" @@ -6001,7 +5825,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -6017,7 +5842,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "" @@ -6029,12 +5855,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "" @@ -6049,7 +5877,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -6057,11 +5886,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -6073,7 +5900,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -6081,11 +5909,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -6100,12 +5926,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 msgid "The window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La ventana" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:33 msgid "The window is divided in two columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La ventana se divide en dos columnas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:35 @@ -6126,8 +5952,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " -"available at the bottom of the right column:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" +" available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6185,7 +6011,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6193,11 +6020,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6217,9 +6042,9 @@ msgstr "Distribución del teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " -"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " -"layout should be used for." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" +" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " +"each layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6244,7 +6069,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6252,11 +6078,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6327,7 +6151,8 @@ msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6335,18 +6160,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" -"guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6357,26 +6180,26 @@ msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " -"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " -"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " -"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " -"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" -"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " -"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " -"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" +" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" +" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " -"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " -"updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" +" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " +"are updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6395,11 +6218,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" -"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " -"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " -"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " -"(See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6447,7 +6270,8 @@ msgstr "Servicio Xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6456,8 +6280,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " -"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" +" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -6473,7 +6297,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar recursos compartidos NFS y SMB disponibles" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11 @@ -6483,28 +6307,24 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " -"advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " +"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6520,11 +6340,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6532,20 +6350,18 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá " -"más información a su disposición." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " -"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," +" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6593,11 +6409,10 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas" msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y " -"la opcion -i para grep." +msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6607,9 +6422,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "" -"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" +msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6621,7 +6434,8 @@ msgstr "Actualizar software" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6629,20 +6443,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" -"emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" -"emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -6657,20 +6468,21 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " -"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" +" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " -"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" +" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6679,8 +6491,8 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6688,7 +6500,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot" msgstr "Arranque" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6698,9 +6511,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " -"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6727,7 +6538,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6737,25 +6549,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " -"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Administrar el hardware" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6765,16 +6575,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar los gráficos" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del " -"Escritorio</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6784,12 +6594,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6799,16 +6611,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " -"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) " -"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," +" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6818,7 +6630,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6840,7 +6653,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " +"tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6869,7 +6683,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discos locales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6879,9 +6694,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o " -"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6903,7 +6716,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicios de red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6911,8 +6725,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " -"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" +" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6947,7 +6761,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartir red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6957,40 +6772,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir " -"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y " -"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurar NFS" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -7000,7 +6815,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurar WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -7010,7 +6826,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Redes e internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -7018,28 +6835,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " -"below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la " -"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" +" below to learn more." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -7049,27 +6867,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -7079,7 +6902,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -7089,18 +6913,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga " -"click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, " -"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -7127,7 +6947,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartir" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -7136,8 +6957,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " -"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" +" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -7156,7 +6977,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -7166,26 +6988,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas " -"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7195,12 +7018,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localización" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7210,29 +7035,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Herramientas administrativas" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7246,34 +7076,25 @@ msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " -"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " -"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7285,7 +7106,8 @@ msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7293,20 +7115,18 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" -"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " -"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7314,7 +7134,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -7327,7 +7148,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7335,11 +7157,9 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 @@ -7351,8 +7171,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " -"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" +" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7374,7 +7194,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7382,17 +7203,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " -"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" +" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" @@ -7413,10 +7232,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " -"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " -"own customised security levels." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" +" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" +" own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7452,17 +7271,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " @@ -7477,11 +7299,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" -"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " +"below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "" @@ -7499,20 +7323,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " -"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " -"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" +" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" +" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " -"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " -"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " -"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" +" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" +" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" +" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" @@ -7530,21 +7354,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " -"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " -"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " -"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" +" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" +" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" +" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " -"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " -"the most common use cases." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" +"configure system security according to the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7558,12 +7382,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" -"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " -"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " -"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " -"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " -"configuration." +"These levels are saved in " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " +"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " +"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" +" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7581,11 +7405,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" -"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " -"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " -"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " -"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " +"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " +"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" +" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" +" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" @@ -7594,8 +7418,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " -"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." +" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" @@ -7608,11 +7432,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " -"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" -"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " -"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " -"options." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" +" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " +"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " +"to the options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7624,11 +7448,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " -"column." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" +" column." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "" @@ -7643,7 +7468,8 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "" @@ -7657,7 +7483,8 @@ msgid "" "saving them." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "" @@ -7673,7 +7500,8 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "" @@ -7698,7 +7526,8 @@ msgid "" "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "" @@ -7712,13 +7541,14 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " -"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " -"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" +" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" +" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "" @@ -7726,10 +7556,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " +"button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "" @@ -7738,10 +7570,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" -"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " -"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " -"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " +"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " +"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " +"tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7766,12 +7599,13 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" -"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " -"done to the permissions." +"you want. Current configuration is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " +"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "" @@ -7780,16 +7614,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " -"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " -"given rule:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" +" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" +" given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " -"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" +" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" @@ -7804,19 +7638,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " -"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " -"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" +" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " +"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "" @@ -7842,11 +7677,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " -"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " -"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " -"be changed by msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " +"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " +"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" +" that will be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7863,15 +7698,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 msgid "Other Mageia Tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " -"next pages." -msgstr "" +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" +" next pages." +msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7901,14 +7736,15 @@ msgstr "Y más herramientas?" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7916,16 +7752,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7939,18 +7773,19 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " -"included in the packages." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" +" included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" -"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" +"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "" @@ -7959,8 +7794,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " -"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" +" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " @@ -7977,9 +7812,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7995,24 +7831,24 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " -"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," +" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " -"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " -"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" +" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" +" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" -"firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"</firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8069,8 +7905,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " -"sub categories." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" +" sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8082,15 +7918,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " -"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" +" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 msgid "The status column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Columna de estado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 @@ -8100,66 +7936,78 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" -"guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icono" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Leyenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este paquete se instalará" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará" @@ -8188,17 +8036,15 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de " -"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado " -"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." +msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Las dependencias" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8206,14 +8052,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " -"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" +" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " -"install." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" +" install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -8236,9 +8082,7 @@ msgstr "Instalación" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8254,15 +8098,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los " -"escáneres</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8276,7 +8118,8 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8293,8 +8136,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8309,11 +8152,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " -"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" +" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8321,44 +8165,41 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" -"emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " -"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escoja el puerto" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" -"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " -"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" +" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8371,11 +8212,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8385,7 +8227,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8393,15 +8236,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " -"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" +" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder " -"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede " -"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar " -"accesibles desde esta computadora." +msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8418,7 +8257,8 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8428,7 +8268,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8440,7 +8281,8 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "" @@ -8448,9 +8290,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "" @@ -8487,8 +8330,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" -"emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8506,8 +8349,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" -"emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8518,19 +8361,19 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" -"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " -"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " -"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " -"ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" +"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " +"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " +"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " +"have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 msgid "Extra installation steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pasos de instalación adicionales" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 @@ -8560,16 +8403,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" -"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8577,7 +8420,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestión de software" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "" @@ -8585,11 +8429,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " -"Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión " -"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." +" Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8599,8 +8441,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8618,14 +8460,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 msgid "Install and configure a printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "" @@ -8660,8 +8503,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" -">." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8699,17 +8542,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 msgid "Automatically detected printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" -"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " -"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" +" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8717,7 +8560,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "" @@ -8725,8 +8569,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " -"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" +" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" @@ -8780,17 +8624,17 @@ msgstr "Impresora en red" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " -"another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" +" another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " -"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " -"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " -"one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" +" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " +"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " +"fixed one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8798,8 +8642,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " -"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" +" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -8808,9 +8652,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " -"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " -"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" +" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," +" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -8827,8 +8671,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " -"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" +" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8845,9 +8689,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" -"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " -"not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8856,11 +8700,12 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " -"the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" +" the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "" @@ -8890,8 +8735,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " -"with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" +" with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8954,24 +8799,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." -"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" +" documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 msgid "Device Properties" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" -"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " -"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " -"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" +" system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" +" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8989,23 +8836,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" -"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " -"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " -"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " -"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " -"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " -"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " -"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " -"drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" +" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" +" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" +"date drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9016,9 +8863,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " -"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" +" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9030,8 +8878,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" -"emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9039,9 +8887,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" -"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" -"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " +"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -9066,9 +8915,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " -"protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9079,12 +8928,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" -"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " -"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " -"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " -"according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" +"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" +" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9116,7 +8965,8 @@ msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -9124,8 +8974,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9141,9 +8991,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " -"computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9173,11 +9023,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " -"than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" +" than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -9186,9 +9037,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " -"incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -9202,20 +9053,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " -"use such accounts for the import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " -"documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -9223,21 +9076,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " -"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "" @@ -9253,8 +9108,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" +" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9262,7 +9117,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "" @@ -9270,7 +9126,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9280,7 +9137,8 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "" @@ -9295,7 +9153,8 @@ msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -9303,8 +9162,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9319,15 +9178,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " -"(ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" +" (ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " -"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" +" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" @@ -9341,7 +9200,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -9362,18 +9222,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " -"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " -"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." +" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" +" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " -"you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" +" you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9428,7 +9288,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -9451,7 +9312,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es también posible cambiar el ícono" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:100 @@ -9461,7 +9322,8 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "" @@ -9497,9 +9359,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede " -"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9509,16 +9369,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" -"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " -"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " -"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "" +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es posible eliminar un grupo que no este vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:136 @@ -9528,8 +9388,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " -"refresh the display." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" +" refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9543,8 +9403,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " -"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" +" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -9559,7 +9419,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -9567,9 +9428,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" -"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " -"capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9577,14 +9438,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:25 @@ -9628,7 +9489,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " +"example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9640,8 +9502,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " -"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" +" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" @@ -9657,7 +9519,8 @@ msgid "" "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -9672,8 +9535,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " -"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" +" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." @@ -9682,8 +9545,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " -"another one." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" +" another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -9710,8 +9573,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " -"XFdrake's text version." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" +" XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9746,16 +9609,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" -"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " -"unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" +" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" |